Sema.h revision 7ae9745a54d2f02f2adf95d91fa74827a3a69b14
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
51#include <deque>
52#include <string>
53#include <vector>
54
55namespace llvm {
56  class APSInt;
57  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
58  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
59  class SmallBitVector;
60}
61
62namespace clang {
63  class ADLResult;
64  class ASTConsumer;
65  class ASTContext;
66  class ASTMutationListener;
67  class ASTReader;
68  class ASTWriter;
69  class ArrayType;
70  class AttributeList;
71  class BlockDecl;
72  class CapturedDecl;
73  class CXXBasePath;
74  class CXXBasePaths;
75  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
76  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
77  class CXXConstructorDecl;
78  class CXXConversionDecl;
79  class CXXDestructorDecl;
80  class CXXFieldCollector;
81  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
82  class CXXMethodDecl;
83  class CXXScopeSpec;
84  class CXXTemporary;
85  class CXXTryStmt;
86  class CallExpr;
87  class ClassTemplateDecl;
88  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
89  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
90  class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
91  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
92  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
93  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
94  class CodeCompletionResult;
95  class Decl;
96  class DeclAccessPair;
97  class DeclContext;
98  class DeclRefExpr;
99  class DeclaratorDecl;
100  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
101  class DependentDiagnostic;
102  class DesignatedInitExpr;
103  class Designation;
104  class EnumConstantDecl;
105  class Expr;
106  class ExtVectorType;
107  class ExternalSemaSource;
108  class FormatAttr;
109  class FriendDecl;
110  class FunctionDecl;
111  class FunctionProtoType;
112  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
113  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
114  class InitListExpr;
115  class InitializationKind;
116  class InitializationSequence;
117  class InitializedEntity;
118  class IntegerLiteral;
119  class LabelStmt;
120  class LambdaExpr;
121  class LangOptions;
122  class LocalInstantiationScope;
123  class LookupResult;
124  class MacroInfo;
125  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
126  class NamedDecl;
127  class NonNullAttr;
128  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
129  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
130  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
131  class ObjCContainerDecl;
132  class ObjCImplDecl;
133  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
134  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
135  class ObjCIvarDecl;
136  template <class T> class ObjCList;
137  class ObjCMessageExpr;
138  class ObjCMethodDecl;
139  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
140  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
141  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
142  class OMPClause;
143  class OverloadCandidateSet;
144  class OverloadExpr;
145  class ParenListExpr;
146  class ParmVarDecl;
147  class Preprocessor;
148  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
149  class PseudoObjectExpr;
150  class QualType;
151  class StandardConversionSequence;
152  class Stmt;
153  class StringLiteral;
154  class SwitchStmt;
155  class TargetAttributesSema;
156  class TemplateArgument;
157  class TemplateArgumentList;
158  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
159  class TemplateDecl;
160  class TemplateParameterList;
161  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
162  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
163  class Token;
164  class TypeAliasDecl;
165  class TypedefDecl;
166  class TypedefNameDecl;
167  class TypeLoc;
168  class UnqualifiedId;
169  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
170  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
171  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
172  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
173  class UsingDecl;
174  class UsingShadowDecl;
175  class ValueDecl;
176  class VarDecl;
177  class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
178  class VisibilityAttr;
179  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
180  class IndirectFieldDecl;
181  struct DeductionFailureInfo;
182  class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
183
184namespace sema {
185  class AccessedEntity;
186  class BlockScopeInfo;
187  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
188  class CapturingScopeInfo;
189  class CompoundScopeInfo;
190  class DelayedDiagnostic;
191  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
192  class FunctionScopeInfo;
193  class LambdaScopeInfo;
194  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
195  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
196}
197
198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
201                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
202
203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
204class Sema {
205  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
206  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
207  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
208
209  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
210  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
211
212  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
213  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
214
215  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
216
217  static bool
218  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
219    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
220    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
221    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
222    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
223    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
224    // with internal linkage.
225    return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
226  }
227
228public:
229  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
230  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
231  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
232
233  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
234  FPOptions FPFeatures;
235
236  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
237  Preprocessor &PP;
238  ASTContext &Context;
239  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
240  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
241  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
242
243  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
244  bool CollectStats;
245
246  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
247  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
248
249  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
250  DeclContext *CurContext;
251
252  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
253  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
254  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
255
256  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
257  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
258  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
259
260  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
261  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
262  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
263
264  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
265
266  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
267  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
268
269  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
270  ///
271  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
272  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
273  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
274
275  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
276  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
277  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
278
279  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
280  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
281  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
282  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
283
284  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
285
286  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
287  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
288  ///
289  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
290  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
291  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
292  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
293
294  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
295                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
296    ExtVectorDeclsType;
297
298  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
299  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
300  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
301  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
302
303  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
304  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
305
306  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
307
308  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
309  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
310
311  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
312
313  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
314  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
315  /// same list more than once.
316  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
317
318  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
319  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
320  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
321
322  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
323  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
324  ///
325  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
326  /// scopes, e.g.,
327  ///
328  /// \code
329  /// extern "C" void f() {
330  ///   void foo(int, int);
331  /// }
332  /// \endcode
333  ///
334  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
335  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
336  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
337  ///
338  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
339  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
340  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
341  ///     for compatibility.
342  ///
343  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
344  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
345  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
346  ///     not visible.
347  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
348
349  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
350  NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
351
352  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
353                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
354    TentativeDefinitionsType;
355
356  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
357  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
358
359  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
360                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
361    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
362
363  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
364  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
365  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
366
367  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
368                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
369    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
370
371  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
372  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
373  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
374
375  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
376  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
377  /// exception spec.
378  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
379
380  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
381  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
382  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
383  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
384                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
385      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
386
387  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
388  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
389  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
390  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
391  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
392  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
393  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
394  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
395    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
396
397  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
398  LateParsedTemplateMapT;
399  LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
400
401  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
402  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
403  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
404  void *OpaqueParser;
405
406  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
407    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
408    OpaqueParser = P;
409  }
410
411  class DelayedDiagnostics;
412
413  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
414    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
415    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
416  };
417  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
418  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
419
420  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
421  /// during parsing and other processing.
422  class DelayedDiagnostics {
423    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
424    /// diagnostics should go.
425    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
426
427  public:
428    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
429
430    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
431    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
432
433    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
434    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
435
436    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
437    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
438      return CurPool;
439    }
440
441    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
442    /// collected in this pool.
443    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
444      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
445      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
446      CurPool = &pool;
447      return state;
448    }
449
450    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
451    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
452    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
453    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
454      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
455    }
456
457    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
458    /// not delayed.
459    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
460      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
461      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
462      CurPool = 0;
463      return state;
464    }
465
466    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
467    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
468      assert(CurPool == NULL);
469      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
470    }
471  } DelayedDiagnostics;
472
473  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
474  class ContextRAII {
475  private:
476    Sema &S;
477    DeclContext *SavedContext;
478    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
479    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
480
481  public:
482    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
483      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
484        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
485        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
486    {
487      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
488      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
489    }
490
491    void pop() {
492      if (!SavedContext) return;
493      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
494      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
495      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
496      SavedContext = 0;
497    }
498
499    ~ContextRAII() {
500      pop();
501    }
502  };
503
504  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
505  /// a function body.
506  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
507    Sema &S;
508    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
509
510  public:
511    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
512      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
513    {
514      S.PushFunctionScope();
515      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
516    }
517
518    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
519      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
520      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
521    }
522  };
523
524  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
525  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
526  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
527  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
528
529  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
530  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
531  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
532  /// in the currently selected standard.
533  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
534
535
536  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
537  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
538
539  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
540  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
541  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
542  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
543  /// It would be best to refactor this.
544  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
545
546  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
547
548  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
549  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
550  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
551  Scope *TUScope;
552
553  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
554  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
555
556  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
557  /// standard library.
558  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
559
560  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
561  /// \<initializer_list>.
562  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
563
564  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
565  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
566
567  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
568  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
569
570  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
571  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
572
573  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
574  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
575
576  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
577  QualType NSNumberPointer;
578
579  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
580  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
581
582  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
583  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
584
585  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
586  QualType NSStringPointer;
587
588  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
589  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
590
591  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
592  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
593
594  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
595  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
596
597  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
598  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
599
600  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
601  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
602
603  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
604  QualType QIDNSCopying;
605
606  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
607  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
608
609  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
610  /// have been declared.
611  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
612
613  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
614  /// references to fields.  This is really a
615  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
616
617  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
618  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
619  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
620    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
621    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
622    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
623    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
624    /// run time.
625    Unevaluated,
626
627    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
628    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
629    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
630    UnevaluatedAbstract,
631
632    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
633    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
634    /// cases in a switch statment).
635    ConstantEvaluated,
636
637    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
638    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
639    /// expression at run time.
640    PotentiallyEvaluated,
641
642    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
643    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
644    /// in fact the current expression is used.
645    ///
646    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
647    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
648    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
649    /// until the default argument is used.
650    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
651  };
652
653  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
654  /// expression evaluation contexts.
655  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
656    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
657    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
658
659    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
660    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
661
662    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
663    bool IsDecltype;
664
665    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
666    /// this expression evaluation context.
667    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
668
669    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
670
671    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
672    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
673    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
674
675    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
676    /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
677    /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
678    Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
679
680    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
681    /// and block literals within this context.
682    ///
683    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
684    /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
685    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
686
687    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
688    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
689    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
690
691    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
692    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
693    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
694
695    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
696                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
697                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
698                                      Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
699                                      bool IsDecltype)
700      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
701        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
702        ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
703
704    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
705    /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
706    MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext() {
707      assert(ManglingContextDecl && "Need to have a context declaration");
708      if (!MangleNumbering)
709        MangleNumbering = new MangleNumberingContext;
710      return *MangleNumbering;
711    }
712
713    bool isUnevaluated() const {
714      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
715    }
716  };
717
718  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
719  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
720
721  /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
722  /// block literal.
723  ///
724  /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
725  /// block literal.
726  /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
727  /// associated with the context, if relevant.
728  MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
729    const DeclContext *DC,
730    Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
731
732
733  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
734  /// function.
735  ///
736  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
737  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
738  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
739  public:
740    enum Kind {
741      NoMemberOrDeleted,
742      Ambiguous,
743      Success
744    };
745
746  private:
747    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
748
749  public:
750    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
751      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
752    {}
753
754    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
755    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
756
757    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
758    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
759  };
760
761  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
762  /// for C++ records.
763  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
764
765  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
766  ///
767  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
768  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
769  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
770  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
771  /// checks.
772  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
773
774  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
775
776  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
777  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
778
779  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
780    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
781
782  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
783  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
784  ///
785  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
786  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
787  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
788  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
789  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
790
791  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
792  // argument locations.
793  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
794
795  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
796  /// definition in this translation unit.
797  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
798
799  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
800  void getUndefinedButUsed(
801    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
802
803  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
804  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
805
806  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
807  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
808  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
809  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
810  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
811  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
812  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
813
814  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
815  /// of -Wselector.
816  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
817
818  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
819  enum CXXSpecialMember {
820    CXXDefaultConstructor,
821    CXXCopyConstructor,
822    CXXMoveConstructor,
823    CXXCopyAssignment,
824    CXXMoveAssignment,
825    CXXDestructor,
826    CXXInvalid
827  };
828
829  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
830
831  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
832  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
833  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
834  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
835
836  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
837
838  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
839  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
840
841  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
842  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
843  /// should not be used elsewhere.
844  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
845
846  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
847  /// statements.
848  class FPContractStateRAII {
849  public:
850    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
851      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
852    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
853      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
854    }
855  private:
856    Sema& S;
857    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
858  };
859
860  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
861    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
862
863public:
864  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
865       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
866       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
867  ~Sema();
868
869  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
870  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
871  void Initialize();
872
873  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
874  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
875  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
876
877  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
878  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
879  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
880  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
881  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
882  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
883  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
884  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
885
886  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
887  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
888  ///
889  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
890  ///
891  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
892
893  void PrintStats() const;
894
895  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
896  /// template instantiation stacks.
897  ///
898  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
899  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
900  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
901  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
902  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
903  /// well.
904  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
905    Sema &SemaRef;
906    unsigned DiagID;
907
908  public:
909    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
910      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
911
912    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
913      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
914      if (!isActive()) return;
915
916      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
917      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
918      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
919      //
920      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
921      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
922      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
923      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
924      // eliminate that code.
925      FlushCounts();
926      Clear();
927
928      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
929      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
930    }
931
932    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
933    template<typename T>
934    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
935        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
936      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
937      BaseDiag << Value;
938      return Diag;
939    }
940  };
941
942  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
943  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
944    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
945    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
946  }
947
948  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
949  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
950
951  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
952  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
953
954  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
955
956  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
957  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
958  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
959
960  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
961  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
962  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
963
964  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
965
966  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
967
968  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
969
970  void PushFunctionScope();
971  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
972  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
973  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
974                               RecordDecl *RD,
975                               CapturedRegionKind K);
976  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
977                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
978
979  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
980    return FunctionScopes.back();
981  }
982
983  template <typename ExprT>
984  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
985    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
986      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
987  }
988
989  void PushCompoundScope();
990  void PopCompoundScope();
991
992  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
993
994  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
995
996  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
997  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
998
999  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
1000  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1001
1002  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1003  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1004
1005  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1006  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1007
1008  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1009
1010  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1011  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1012  //
1013
1014  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1015                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1016  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1017                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1018  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1019                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1020  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1021                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1022  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1023                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1024                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1025  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1026                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1027
1028  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1029
1030  /// \brief Build a function type.
1031  ///
1032  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1033  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1034  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1035  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1036  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1037  ///
1038  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1039  ///
1040  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1041  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1042  /// function parameters.
1043  ///
1044  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1045  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1046  /// type that will have function type.
1047  ///
1048  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1049  /// type, if known.
1050  ///
1051  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1052  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1053  ///
1054  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1055  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1056  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1057  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1058                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1059                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1060                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1061
1062  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1063                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1064                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1065  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1066                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1067  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1068  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1069
1070  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1071  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1072  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1073                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1074
1075  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1076  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1077  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1078  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1079  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1080  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1081  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1082                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1083  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1084  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1085  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1086  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1087      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1088      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1089  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1090      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1091      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1092      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1093      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1094      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1095      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1096      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1097  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1098      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1099      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1100      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1101  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1102      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1103      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1104
1105  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1106
1107  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1108  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1109  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1110
1111  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1112  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1113    bool Suppressed;
1114
1115    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1116
1117    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1118    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1119  };
1120
1121  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1122  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1123  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1124  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1125  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1126  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1127  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1128    return II;
1129  }
1130  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1131  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1132  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1133  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1134  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1135  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1136
1137  template<typename T1>
1138  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1139    unsigned DiagID;
1140    const T1 &Arg1;
1141
1142  public:
1143    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1144      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1145    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1146      if (Suppressed) return;
1147      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1148    }
1149
1150    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1151  };
1152
1153  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1154  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1155    unsigned DiagID;
1156    const T1 &Arg1;
1157    const T2 &Arg2;
1158
1159  public:
1160    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1161                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1162      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1163        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1164
1165    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1166      if (Suppressed) return;
1167      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1168    }
1169
1170    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1171  };
1172
1173  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1174  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1175    unsigned DiagID;
1176    const T1 &Arg1;
1177    const T2 &Arg2;
1178    const T3 &Arg3;
1179
1180  public:
1181    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1182                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1183    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1184      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1185
1186    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1187      if (Suppressed) return;
1188      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1189        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1190    }
1191
1192    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1193  };
1194
1195private:
1196  bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1197                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1198public:
1199  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1200                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1201  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1202                           unsigned DiagID);
1203
1204  template<typename T1>
1205  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1206                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1207    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1208    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1209  }
1210
1211  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1212  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1213                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1214    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1215    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1216  }
1217
1218  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1219  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1220                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1221                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1222    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1223                                                        Arg3);
1224    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1225  }
1226
1227  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1228  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1229
1230  template<typename T1>
1231  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1232    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1233    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1234  }
1235
1236  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1237  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1238                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1239    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1240    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1241  }
1242
1243  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1244  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1245                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1246    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1247                                                        Arg3);
1248    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1249  }
1250
1251  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1252                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1253  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1254
1255  template<typename T1>
1256  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1257                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1258    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1259    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1260  }
1261
1262  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1263  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1264                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1265    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1266    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1267  }
1268
1269  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1270  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1271                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1272                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1273    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1274                                                        Arg3);
1275    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1276  }
1277
1278  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1279                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1280
1281  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1282  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1283  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1284                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1285                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1286
1287  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1288  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1289  //
1290
1291  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1292  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1293  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1294  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1295  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1296  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1297  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1298  /// such as:
1299  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1300  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1301
1302  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1303
1304  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1305
1306  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1307
1308  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1309                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1310                         bool isClassName = false,
1311                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1312                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1313                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1314                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1315                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1316  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1317  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1318  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1319                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1320                               Scope *S,
1321                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1322                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1323
1324  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1325  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1326  enum NameClassificationKind {
1327    NC_Unknown,
1328    NC_Error,
1329    NC_Keyword,
1330    NC_Type,
1331    NC_Expression,
1332    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1333    NC_TypeTemplate,
1334    NC_VarTemplate,
1335    NC_FunctionTemplate
1336  };
1337
1338  class NameClassification {
1339    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1340    ExprResult Expr;
1341    TemplateName Template;
1342    ParsedType Type;
1343    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1344
1345    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1346
1347  public:
1348    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1349
1350    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1351
1352    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1353      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1354
1355    static NameClassification Error() {
1356      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1357    }
1358
1359    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1360      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1361    }
1362
1363    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1364      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1365    }
1366
1367    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1368      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1369      Result.Template = Name;
1370      return Result;
1371    }
1372
1373    static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1374      NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1375      Result.Template = Name;
1376      return Result;
1377    }
1378
1379    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1380      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1381      Result.Template = Name;
1382      return Result;
1383    }
1384
1385    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1386
1387    ParsedType getType() const {
1388      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1389      return Type;
1390    }
1391
1392    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1393      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1394      return Expr;
1395    }
1396
1397    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1398      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1399             Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1400      return Template;
1401    }
1402
1403    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1404      switch (Kind) {
1405      case NC_TypeTemplate:
1406        return TNK_Type_template;
1407      case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1408        return TNK_Function_template;
1409      case NC_VarTemplate:
1410        return TNK_Var_template;
1411      default:
1412        llvm_unreachable("unsuported name classification.");
1413      }
1414    }
1415  };
1416
1417  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1418  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1419  ///
1420  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1421  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1422  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1423  ///
1424  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1425  ///
1426  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1427  ///
1428  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1429  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1430  ///
1431  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1432  ///
1433  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1434  /// disambiguate the name.
1435  ///
1436  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1437  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1438  ///        expression.
1439  ///
1440  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1441  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1442                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1443                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1444                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1445                                  const Token &NextToken,
1446                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1447                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1448
1449  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1450
1451  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1452                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1453  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1454  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1455  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1456                                    DeclarationName Name,
1457                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1458  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1459  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1460  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1461  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1462  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1463  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1464                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1465                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1466  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1467                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1468  bool HandleVariableRedeclaration(Decl *D, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
1469  NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1470                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1471                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1472                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1473                                     bool &AddToScope);
1474  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1475  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1476  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1477  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1478  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1479  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1480  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1481
1482  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1483                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1484                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1485                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1486                                     bool &AddToScope);
1487  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1488  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1489
1490  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1491  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1492
1493  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1494  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1495  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1496                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1497                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1498  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1499  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1500  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1501                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1502                                          QualType T);
1503  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1504                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1505                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1506                              StorageClass SC);
1507  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1508                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1509                                 Expr *defarg);
1510  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1511                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1512                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1513  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1514  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1515                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1516
1517  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1518                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1519  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1520  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1521  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1522  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1523  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1524  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1525  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1526                                         ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1527  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1528                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1529
1530  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1531  /// documentation comments.
1532  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1533  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1534
1535  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1536                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1537  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1538  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1539  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1540  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1541  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1542    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1543  }
1544
1545  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1546  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1547  /// code for that function.
1548  ///
1549  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1550  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1551  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1552  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1553
1554  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1555  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1556  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1557  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1558
1559  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1560  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1561  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1562
1563  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1564  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1565  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1566                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1567
1568  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1569  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1570  /// specified threshold.
1571  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1572                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1573                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1574                                              NamedDecl *D);
1575
1576  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1577  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1578                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1579                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1580
1581  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1582  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1583                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1584                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1585
1586  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1587  ///
1588  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1589  ///
1590  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1591  ///
1592  /// \param Path The module access path.
1593  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1594                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1595
1596  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1597  /// source location.
1598  ///
1599  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1600  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1601  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1602  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1603
1604  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1605  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1606    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1607  }
1608
1609  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1610  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1611                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1612
1613  /// Scope actions.
1614  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1615  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1616
1617  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1618                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1619  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1620                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1621                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1622                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1623
1624  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1625                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1626                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1627
1628  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1629                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1630
1631  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1632                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1633                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1634                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1635
1636  enum TagUseKind {
1637    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1638    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1639    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1640    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1641  };
1642
1643  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1644                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1645                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1646                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1647                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1648                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1649                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1650                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1651                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1652
1653  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1654                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1655                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1656                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1657                                AttributeList *Attr,
1658                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1659
1660  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1661                               unsigned TagSpec,
1662                               TagUseKind TUK,
1663                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1664                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1665                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1666                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1667
1668  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1669                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1670                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1671  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1672                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1673
1674  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1675                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1676                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1677                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1678  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1679                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1680                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1681                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1682                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1683                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1684
1685  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1686                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1687                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1688                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1689                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1690                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1691                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1692                            Declarator *D = 0);
1693
1694  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1695  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1696  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1697                              bool Diagnose = false);
1698  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1699  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1700                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1701  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1702                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1703                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1704
1705  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1706  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1707                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1708                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1709                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1710
1711  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1712  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1713  /// struct, or union).
1714  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1715
1716  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1717
1718  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1719  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1720  /// member declarations.
1721  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1722                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1723                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1724
1725  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1726  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1727  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1728                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1729
1730  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1731
1732  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1733  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1734  ///
1735  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1736  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1737  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1738
1739  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1740  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1741  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1742
1743  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1744                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1745                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1746                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1747                                      Expr *val);
1748  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1749  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1750                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1751
1752  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1753                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1754                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1755                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1756  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1757                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1758                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1759                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1760
1761  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1762
1763  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1764  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1765  void PopDeclContext();
1766
1767  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1768  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1769  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1770  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1771
1772  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1773  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1774  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1775
1776  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1777
1778  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1779  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1780  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1781  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1782
1783  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1784  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1785  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1786  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1787
1788  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1789  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1790  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1791  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1792
1793  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1794  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1795
1796  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1797  /// top level scope.
1798  ///
1799  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1800  ///
1801  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1802  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1803
1804  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1805  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1806  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1807  ///
1808  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1809  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1810  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1811  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1812                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1813
1814  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1815  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1816  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1817
1818  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1819  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1820                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1821  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1822
1823  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1824  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1825                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1826                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1827                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1828                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1829                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1830                                          StringRef Message,
1831                                          bool Override,
1832                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1833  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1834                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1835                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1836  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1837                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1838                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1839  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1840                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1841  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1842                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1843  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1844                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg,
1845                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1846  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1847                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1848
1849  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1850  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1851  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1852    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1853    AMK_None,
1854    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1855    /// an exact match.
1856    AMK_Redeclaration,
1857    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1858    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1859    AMK_Override
1860  };
1861
1862  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1863                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1864  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1865  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1866  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1867                                    Scope *S);
1868  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1869  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls,
1870                    bool OldDeclsWereHidden);
1871  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden);
1872  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1873  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1874
1875  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1876  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1877  enum AssignmentAction {
1878    AA_Assigning,
1879    AA_Passing,
1880    AA_Returning,
1881    AA_Converting,
1882    AA_Initializing,
1883    AA_Sending,
1884    AA_Casting,
1885    AA_Passing_CFAudited
1886  };
1887
1888  /// C++ Overloading.
1889  enum OverloadKind {
1890    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1891    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1892    Ovl_Overload,
1893
1894    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1895    /// an existing declaration.
1896    Ovl_Match,
1897
1898    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1899    /// non-function.
1900    Ovl_NonFunction
1901  };
1902  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1903                             FunctionDecl *New,
1904                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1905                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1906                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1907  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1908
1909  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1910  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1911  ///
1912  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1913  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1914  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1915
1916  ImplicitConversionSequence
1917  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1918                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1919                        bool AllowExplicit,
1920                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1921                        bool CStyle,
1922                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1923
1924  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1925  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1926  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1927  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1928                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1929                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1930  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1931                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1932  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1933                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1934  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1935                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1936  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1937                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1938                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1939  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1940                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1941
1942  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1943  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1944                              CastKind &Kind,
1945                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1946                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1947  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1948                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1949                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1950  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1951                                    CastKind &Kind,
1952                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1953                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1954  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1955                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1956  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1957                            QualType &ResultTy);
1958  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1959  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1960
1961  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1962                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1963                                             QualType ResultType,
1964                                             Expr *Value,
1965                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1966
1967  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1968                                    ExprResult Init);
1969  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1970                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1971                                       ExprResult Init,
1972                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1973                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1974  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1975                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1976                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1977                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1978
1979  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1980  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1981
1982  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1983  enum CCEKind {
1984    CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
1985    CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1986    CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1987    CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
1988  };
1989  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1990                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1991
1992  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
1993  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
1994  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
1995  public:
1996    bool Suppress;
1997    bool SuppressConversion;
1998
1999    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2000                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
2001        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2002
2003    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2004    /// for this conversion.
2005    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2006
2007    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2008    /// integral or enumeration type.
2009    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2010    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2011
2012    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2013    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2014    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2015
2016    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2017    /// is explicit.
2018    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2019        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2020
2021    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2022    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2023    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2024
2025    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2026    /// functions.
2027    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2028    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2029
2030    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2031    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2032    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2033
2034    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2035    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2036    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2037        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2038
2039    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2040  };
2041
2042  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2043    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2044
2045  public:
2046    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2047                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2048        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2049          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2050
2051    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2052    bool match(QualType T);
2053
2054    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2055    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
2056      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2057    }
2058
2059    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2060    /// integral or enumeration type.
2061    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2062    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2063  };
2064
2065  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2066  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2067      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2068
2069
2070  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2071    OS_Array,
2072    OS_Dictionary,
2073    OS_Error
2074  };
2075  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2076
2077  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2078  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2079  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2080    LK_Array,
2081    LK_Dictionary,
2082    LK_Numeric,
2083    LK_Boxed,
2084    LK_String,
2085    LK_Block,
2086    LK_None
2087  };
2088  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2089
2090  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2091                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2092                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2093                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2094
2095  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2096  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2097  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2098  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2099
2100  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2101                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2102                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2103                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2104                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2105                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2106                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2107  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2108                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2109                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2110                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2111                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2112  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2113                          QualType ObjectType,
2114                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2115                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2116                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2117                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2118  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2119                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2120                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2121                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2122                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2123                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2124                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2125  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2126                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2127                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2128                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2129                                  QualType ObjectType,
2130                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2131                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2132                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2133                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2134  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2135                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2136                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2137                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2138                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2139                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2140  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2141                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2142                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2143                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2144                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2145  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2146                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2147                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2148                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2149                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
2150  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2151                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2152                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2153                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2154                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2155                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2156  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2157                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2158                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2159                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2160  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2161                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2162                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2163                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2164                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2165  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2166                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2167                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2168  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2169                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2170                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2171                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2172                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2173                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2174
2175  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2176  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2177
2178  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2179  // identified by the expression Expr
2180  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2181
2182  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2183  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2184  // R (A) --> R(A)
2185  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2186  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2187  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2188  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2189
2190  FunctionDecl *
2191  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2192                                     QualType TargetType,
2193                                     bool Complain,
2194                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2195                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2196
2197  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2198                                                   bool Complain = false,
2199                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2200
2201  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2202                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2203                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2204                      bool Complain = false,
2205                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2206                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2207                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2208
2209
2210  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2211                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2212                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2213  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2214                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2215                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2216
2217  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2218                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2219                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2220                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2221
2222  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2223  // range-based for loop.
2224  enum ForRangeStatus {
2225    FRS_Success,
2226    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2227    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2228  };
2229
2230  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2231  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2232  enum BeginEndFunction {
2233    BEF_begin,
2234    BEF_end
2235  };
2236
2237  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2238                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2239                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2240                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2241                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2242                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2243                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2244                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2245
2246  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2247                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2248                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2249                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2250                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2251                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2252                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2253
2254  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2255                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2256                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2257                              ExprResult *Result);
2258
2259  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2260                                     unsigned Opc,
2261                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2262                                     Expr *input);
2263
2264  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2265                                   unsigned Opc,
2266                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2267                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2268
2269  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2270                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2271                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2272
2273  ExprResult
2274  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2275                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2276                            MultiExprArg Args,
2277                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2278  ExprResult
2279  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2280                               MultiExprArg Args,
2281                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2282
2283  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2284                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,
2285                                      bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0);
2286
2287  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2288  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2289  /// that best represents the call.
2290  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2291                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2292
2293  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2294  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2295                                ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2296                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2297  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2298  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2299  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2300
2301  /// \name Name lookup
2302  ///
2303  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2304  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2305  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2306  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2307  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2308  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2309  ///
2310  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2311  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2312  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2313  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2314  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2315  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2316  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2317  ///
2318  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2319  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2320  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2321  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2322  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2323  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2324  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2325  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2326  //@{
2327
2328  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2329  enum LookupNameKind {
2330    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2331    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2332    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2333    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2334    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2335    /// structs, and unions.
2336    LookupTagName,
2337    /// Label name lookup.
2338    LookupLabel,
2339    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2340    /// class/struct/union members.
2341    LookupMemberName,
2342    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2343    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2344    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2345    LookupOperatorName,
2346    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2347    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2348    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2349    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2350    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2351    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2352    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2353    LookupNamespaceName,
2354    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2355    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2356    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2357    LookupUsingDeclName,
2358    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2359    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2360    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2361    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2362    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2363    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2364    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2365    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2366    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2367    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2368    LookupAnyName
2369  };
2370
2371  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2372  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2373  enum RedeclarationKind {
2374    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2375    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2376    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2377    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2378    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2379    ForRedeclaration
2380  };
2381
2382  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2383  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2384    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2385    LOLR_Error,
2386    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2387    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2388    LOLR_Cooked,
2389    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2390    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2391    LOLR_Raw,
2392    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2393    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2394    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2395    LOLR_Template
2396  };
2397
2398  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2399                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2400                                                   bool ConstArg,
2401                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2402                                                   bool RValueThis,
2403                                                   bool ConstThis,
2404                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2405
2406private:
2407  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2408
2409  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2410  //
2411  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2412  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2413  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2414
2415  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2416  /// source.
2417  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2418
2419public:
2420  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2421  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2422  ///
2423  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2424  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2425  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2426                              SourceLocation Loc,
2427                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2428                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2429                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2430  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2431                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2432  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2433                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2434  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2435                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2436                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2437  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2438                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2439                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2440
2441  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2442                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2443                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2444
2445  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2446                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2447
2448  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2449  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2450  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2451                                               unsigned Quals);
2452  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2453                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2454  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2455                                              unsigned Quals);
2456  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2457                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2458  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2459
2460  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2461                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2462                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2463  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2464
2465  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2466                               SourceLocation Loc,
2467                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2468                               ADLResult &Functions);
2469
2470  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2471                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2472                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2473  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2474                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2475                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2476
2477  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2478                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2479                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2480                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2481                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2482                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2483                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2484
2485  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2486                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2487                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2488                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2489
2490  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2491                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2492                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2493
2494  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2495  //@}
2496
2497  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2498                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2499                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2500  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2501                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2502                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2503  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2504                                      Scope *S);
2505  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2506
2507  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2508
2509  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2510  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2511  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2512                             bool NonInheritable = true,
2513                             bool Inheritable = true);
2514  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2515                                bool NonInheritable = true,
2516                                bool Inheritable = true,
2517                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2518  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2519                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2520
2521  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2522
2523  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2524  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2525                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2526  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2527  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2528
2529  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2530  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2531                                   SourceRange Range);
2532
2533  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2534                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2535  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2536                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2537                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2538
2539  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2540                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2541                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2542
2543  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2544  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2545  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2546                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2547                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2548
2549  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2550  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2551
2552  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2553  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2554  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2555                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2556                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2557                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2558                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2559                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2560
2561  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2562  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2563  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2564                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2565                                SourceLocation Loc);
2566
2567  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2568  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2569  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2570                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2571                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2572
2573  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2574  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2575  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2576                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2577
2578  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2579  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2580  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2581                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2582  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2583
2584  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2585  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2586  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2587            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2588            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2589
2590  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2591  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2592  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2593  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2594                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2595
2596  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2597  /// class extensions.
2598  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2599                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2600                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2601                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2602                      Selector GetterSel,
2603                      Selector SetterSel,
2604                      const bool isAssign,
2605                      const bool isReadWrite,
2606                      const unsigned Attributes,
2607                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2608                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2609                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2610                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2611
2612  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2613  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2614  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2615                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2616                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2617                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2618                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2619                                       Selector GetterSel,
2620                                       Selector SetterSel,
2621                                       const bool isAssign,
2622                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2623                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2624                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2625                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2626                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2627                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2628
2629  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2630  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2631  /// setter or getter.
2632  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2633                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2634
2635  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2636
2637  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2638
2639  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2640    MMS_loose,
2641    MMS_strict
2642  };
2643
2644  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2645  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2646  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2647                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2648                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2649
2650  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2651  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2652  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2653                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2654                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2655                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2656                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2657                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2658                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2659                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2660                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2661
2662  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2663  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2664  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2665  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2666
2667  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2668  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2669
2670private:
2671  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2672  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2673  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2674
2675  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2676  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2677  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2678                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2679                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2680
2681public:
2682  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2683  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2684  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2685  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2686  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2687    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2688  }
2689
2690  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2691  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2692    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2693  }
2694
2695  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2696  /// pool.
2697  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2698
2699  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2700  /// there are multiple signatures.
2701  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2702                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2703                                                   bool warn=true) {
2704    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2705                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2706  }
2707
2708  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2709  /// there are multiple signatures.
2710  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2711                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2712                                                  bool warn=true) {
2713    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2714                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2715  }
2716
2717  const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2718                              QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2719
2720  /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of
2721  /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which
2722  /// have mismathched types.
2723  void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool();
2724
2725  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2726  /// implementation.
2727  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2728
2729  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2730  /// initialization.
2731  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2732                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2733
2734  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2735  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2736public:
2737  class FullExprArg {
2738  public:
2739    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2740
2741    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2742    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2743    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2744    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2745
2746    ExprResult release() {
2747      return E;
2748    }
2749
2750    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2751
2752    Expr *operator->() {
2753      return E;
2754    }
2755
2756  private:
2757    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2758    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2759    friend class Sema;
2760
2761    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2762
2763    Expr *E;
2764  };
2765
2766  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2767    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2768  }
2769  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2770    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2771  }
2772  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2773    ExprResult FE =
2774      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2775                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2776    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2777  }
2778
2779  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2780  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2781
2782  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2783                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2784
2785  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2786  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2787  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2788                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2789                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2790
2791  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2792  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2793  public:
2794    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2795      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2796    }
2797
2798    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2799      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2800    }
2801
2802  private:
2803    Sema &S;
2804  };
2805
2806  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2807                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2808                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2809  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2810  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2811  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2812                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2813                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2814  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2815
2816  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2817                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2818                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2819  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2820                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2821
2822  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2823                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2824                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2825
2826  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2827                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2828                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2829                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2830  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2831                                            Expr *Cond,
2832                                            Decl *CondVar);
2833  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2834                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2835  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2836                            FullExprArg Cond,
2837                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2838  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2839                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2840                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2841                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2842
2843  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2844                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2845                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2846                          Decl *SecondVar,
2847                          FullExprArg Third,
2848                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2849                          Stmt *Body);
2850  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2851                                           Expr *collection);
2852  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2853                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2854                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2855  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2856
2857  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2858    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2859    BFRK_Build,
2860    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2861    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2862    BFRK_Rebuild,
2863    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2864    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2865    BFRK_Check
2866  };
2867
2868  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2869                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2870                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2871                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2872  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2873                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2874                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2875                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2876                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2877                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2878                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2879  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2880
2881  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2882                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2883                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2884  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2885                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2886                                   Expr *DestExp);
2887  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2888  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2889
2890  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2891                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2892  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2893  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2894  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2895                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2896                                           unsigned NumParams);
2897  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2898                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2899
2900  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2901  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2902
2903  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2904                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2905                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2906                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2907                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2908                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2909
2910  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2911                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2912                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2913                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2914                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2915  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2916                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2917  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2918                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2919                            StringRef AsmString,
2920                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2921                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2922                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2923                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2924                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2925
2926  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2927                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2928                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2929                                  bool Invalid = false);
2930
2931  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2932
2933  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2934                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2935
2936  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2937
2938  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2939                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2940
2941  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2942  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2943                                  Scope *CurScope);
2944  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2945                                            Expr *operand);
2946  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2947                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2948                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2949
2950  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2951
2952  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2953                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2954                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2955                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2956
2957  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2958
2959  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2960                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2961  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2962                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2963
2964  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2965                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2966                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2967                              Stmt *Handler);
2968
2969  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2970                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2971                                 Stmt *Block);
2972
2973  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2974                                  Stmt *Block);
2975
2976  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2977
2978  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2979
2980  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2981  /// of it.
2982  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2983
2984  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2985  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2986  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2987  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2988
2989  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2990  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2991  ///
2992  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2993  ///     if (condition);
2994  ///       do_stuff();
2995  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2996                             const Stmt *Body,
2997                             unsigned DiagID);
2998
2999  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3000  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3001  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3002                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3003
3004  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3005    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3006  }
3007  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3008
3009  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3010  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3011    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3012  }
3013  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3014    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3015  }
3016
3017  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3018
3019  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3020                              SourceLocation Loc,
3021                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3022                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
3023
3024  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
3025
3026  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3027                                     StringRef message);
3028
3029  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3030  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3031
3032  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3033  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3034                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
3035  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3036  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3037  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3038                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3039                                        SourceLocation Loc);
3040  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3041                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3042
3043  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3044                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
3045                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3046  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3047  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3048                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3049                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3050  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3051
3052  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3053
3054  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3055  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3056
3057  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3058
3059  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3060  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3061  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3062  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3063  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3064  // named expressions.
3065  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3066  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3067  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3068  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3069  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3070
3071  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3072  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3073
3074  enum TryCaptureKind {
3075    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3076  };
3077
3078  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3079  ///
3080  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3081  ///
3082  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3083  ///
3084  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3085  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3086  ///
3087  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3088  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3089  ///
3090  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3091  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3092  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3093  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3094  ///
3095  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3096  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3097  /// variable can be captured.
3098  ///
3099  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3100  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3101  /// captured.
3102  ///
3103  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3104  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3105  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3106                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3107                          QualType &CaptureType,
3108                          QualType &DeclRefType);
3109
3110  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3111  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3112                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3113                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3114
3115  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3116  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3117  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3118
3119  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3120  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3121                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3122
3123  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3124  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3125  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3126  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3127                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3128                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3129
3130  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3131  bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3132                     UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3133
3134  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3135  /// evaluation context.
3136  ///
3137  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3138  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3139  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3140  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3141  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3142                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3143
3144  // Primary Expressions.
3145  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3146
3147  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3148                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3149                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3150                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3151                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0,
3152                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3153
3154  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3155                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3156                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3157                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3158
3159  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3160                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3161                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3162                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3163
3164  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3165                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3166                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3167
3168  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3169                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3170                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3171                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3172                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3173
3174  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3175                              ExprValueKind VK,
3176                              SourceLocation Loc,
3177                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3178  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3179                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3180                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0,
3181                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3182  ExprResult
3183  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3184      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3185      SourceLocation nameLoc,
3186      IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3187      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none),
3188      Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3189      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3190
3191  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3192                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3193                                             LookupResult &R,
3194                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3195  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3196                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3197                                     LookupResult &R,
3198                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3199                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3200  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3201                                  const LookupResult &R,
3202                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3203
3204  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3205                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3206                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3207  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3208                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3209                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3210                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3211
3212  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3213                                      LookupResult &R,
3214                                      bool NeedsADL);
3215  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3216      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3217      NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3218
3219  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3220                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3221                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3222                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3223                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3224
3225  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3226  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3227  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3228  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3229  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3230  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3231                                SourceLocation R,
3232                                MultiExprArg Val);
3233
3234  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3235  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3236  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3237                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3238
3239  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3240                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3241                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3242                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3243                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3244                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3245  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3246                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3247                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3248                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3249                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3250                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3251
3252  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3253  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3254                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3255  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3256                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3257  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3258                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3259
3260  QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3261
3262  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3263                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3264                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3265                                            SourceRange R);
3266  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3267                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3268  ExprResult
3269    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3270                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3271                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3272                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3273
3274  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3275  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3276
3277  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3278  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3279                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3280                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3281  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3282                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3283                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3284                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3285                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3286  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3287                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3288
3289  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3290                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3291  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3292                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3293
3294  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3295                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3296                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3297                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3298                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3299                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3300                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3301
3302  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3303  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3304  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3305  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3306  // defines a custom operator->).
3307  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3308    Scope *S;
3309    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3310    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3311    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3312  };
3313
3314  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3315                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3316                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3317                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3318                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3319                                      LookupResult &R,
3320                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3321                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3322                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3323
3324  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3325  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3326                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3327                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3328                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3329                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3330
3331  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3332                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3333                                     const LookupResult &R);
3334
3335  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3336                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3337                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3338                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3339                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3340                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3341                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3342
3343  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3344                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3345                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3346                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3347                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3348                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3349                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3350                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3351
3352  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3353  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3354                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3355                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3356                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3357                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3358                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3359  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3360                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3361                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3362
3363  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3364  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3365  /// locations.
3366  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3367                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3368                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3369  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3370                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3371                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3372                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3373                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3374                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3375
3376  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3377                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3378                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3379
3380  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3381                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3382                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3383  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3384                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3385                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3386                                 Expr *Op);
3387  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3388
3389  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3390  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3391                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3392                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3393
3394  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3395
3396  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3397                                  ParsedType Ty,
3398                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3399                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3400
3401  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3402                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3403                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3404                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3405
3406  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3407                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3408                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3409
3410  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3411                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3412                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3413                                        ExprResult Init);
3414
3415  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3416                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3417  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3418                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3419  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3420                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3421
3422  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3423  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3424  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3425                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3426                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3427
3428  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3429  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3430                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3431
3432  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3433  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3434                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3435  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3436
3437  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3438  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3439    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3440    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3441    union {
3442      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3443      Expr *E;
3444    } U;
3445  };
3446
3447  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3448  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3449                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3450                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3451                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3452                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3453  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3454                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3455                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3456                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3457                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3458                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3459                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3460
3461  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3462  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3463                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3464                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3465
3466  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3467  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3468                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3469  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3470                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3471
3472  // __null
3473  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3474
3475  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3476
3477  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3478  enum IfExistsResult {
3479    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3480    IER_Exists,
3481
3482    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3483    IER_DoesNotExist,
3484
3485    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3486    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3487    IER_Dependent,
3488
3489    /// \brief An error occurred.
3490    IER_Error
3491  };
3492
3493  IfExistsResult
3494  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3495                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3496
3497  IfExistsResult
3498  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3499                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3500                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3501
3502  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3503                                        bool IsIfExists,
3504                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3505                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3506                                        Stmt *Nested);
3507  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3508                                        bool IsIfExists,
3509                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3510                                        Stmt *Nested);
3511
3512  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3513
3514  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3515  /// started.
3516  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3517
3518  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3519  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3520  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3521                           Scope *CurScope);
3522
3523  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3524  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3525  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3526
3527  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3528  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3529  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3530                                Scope *CurScope);
3531
3532  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3533
3534  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3535  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3536                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3537                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3538
3539  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3540
3541  // Act on C++ namespaces
3542  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3543                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3544                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3545                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3546                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3547                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3548  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3549
3550  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3551  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3552
3553  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3554
3555  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3556  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3557  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3558
3559  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3560  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3561  ///
3562  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3563  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3564
3565  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3566  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3567  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3568
3569  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3570                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3571                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3572                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3573                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3574                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3575                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3576
3577  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3578
3579  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3580                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3581                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3582                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3583                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3584                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3585                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3586
3587  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3588  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3589                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3590  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3591                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3592
3593  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3594                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3595                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3596                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3597                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3598  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3599                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3600                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3601
3602  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3603                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3604                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3605                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3606                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3607                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3608                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3609                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3610
3611  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3612
3613  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3614                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3615                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3616                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3617                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3618                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3619                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3620                              bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3621                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3622  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3623                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3624                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3625                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3626                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3627                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3628                              TypeResult Type);
3629
3630  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3631  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3632  ///
3633  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3634  ExprResult
3635  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3636                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3637                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3638                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3639                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3640
3641  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3642  // the constructor can be elidable?
3643  ExprResult
3644  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3645                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3646                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3647                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3648                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3649
3650  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3651  /// the default expr if needed.
3652  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3653                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3654                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3655
3656  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3657  /// constructed variable.
3658  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3659
3660  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3661  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3662  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3663    // Pointer to allow copying
3664    Sema *Self;
3665    // We order exception specifications thus:
3666    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3667    // throw() comes next.
3668    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3669    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3670    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3671    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3672    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3673    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3674
3675    void ClearExceptions() {
3676      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3677      Exceptions.clear();
3678    }
3679
3680  public:
3681    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3682      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3683      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3684        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3685    }
3686
3687    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3688    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3689      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3690             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3691      return ComputedEST;
3692    }
3693
3694    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3695    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3696
3697    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3698    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3699
3700    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3701    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3702
3703    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3704    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3705
3706    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3707    /// computed exception specification.
3708    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3709      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3710      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3711        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3712        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3713      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3714        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3715        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3716        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3717        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3718        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3719                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3720      }
3721    }
3722    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3723      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3724      getEPI(EPI);
3725      return EPI;
3726    }
3727  };
3728
3729  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3730  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3731  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3732  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3733                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3734
3735  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3736  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3737  /// will be const.
3738  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3739  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3740
3741  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3742  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3743  /// parameter will be const.
3744  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3745  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3746
3747  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3748  /// constructor of a class will have.
3749  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3750  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3751
3752  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3753  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3754  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3755  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3756
3757  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3758  /// destructor of a class will have.
3759  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3760  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3761
3762  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3763  /// constructor of a class will have.
3764  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3765  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3766
3767  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3768  /// special member function.
3769  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3770
3771  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3772  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3773  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3774                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3775                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3776                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3777                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3778                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3779
3780  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3781  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3782  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3783                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3784
3785  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3786  ///
3787  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3788  /// default constructor will be added.
3789  ///
3790  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3791  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3792                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3793
3794  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3795  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3796  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3797                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3798
3799  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3800  ///
3801  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3802  /// destructor will be added.
3803  ///
3804  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3805  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3806
3807  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3808  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3809  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3810                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3811
3812  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3813  ///
3814  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3815  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3816  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3817                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3818
3819  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3820  ///
3821  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3822  /// constructors will be added.
3823  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3824
3825  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3826  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3827                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3828
3829  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3830  ///
3831  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3832  /// copy constructor will be added.
3833  ///
3834  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3835  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3836
3837  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3838  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3839  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3840                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3841
3842  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3843  ///
3844  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3845  /// move constructor will be added.
3846  ///
3847  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3848  /// declared.
3849  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3850
3851  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3852  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3853  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3854                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3855
3856  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3857  ///
3858  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3859  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3860  ///
3861  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3862  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3863
3864  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3865  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3866                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3867
3868  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3869  ///
3870  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3871  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3872  ///
3873  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3874  /// wasn't declared.
3875  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3876
3877  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3878  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3879                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3880
3881  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3882  /// class.
3883  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3884
3885  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3886  /// special member function.
3887  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3888
3889  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3890  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3891  ///
3892  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3893  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3894
3895  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3896  /// member function.
3897  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3898
3899  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3900  /// static member function.
3901  ///
3902  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3903  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3904
3905  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3906  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3907  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3908  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3909
3910  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3911                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3912                               SourceLocation Loc,
3913                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3914                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3915                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3916
3917  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3918                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3919                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3920
3921  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3922                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3923                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3924                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3925                               bool EnteringContext);
3926
3927  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3928
3929  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3930  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3931                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3932
3933  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3934  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3935                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3936                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3937                               Declarator &D,
3938                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3939                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3940                               Expr *E,
3941                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3942
3943  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3944                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3945                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3946                               Expr *E,
3947                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3948                               SourceRange Parens);
3949
3950  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3951                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3952                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3953                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3954  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3955                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3956                            Expr *Operand,
3957                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3958
3959  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3960  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3961                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3962                            void *TyOrExpr,
3963                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3964
3965  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3966                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3967                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3968                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3969  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3970                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3971                            Expr *Operand,
3972                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3973
3974  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3975  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3976                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3977                            void *TyOrExpr,
3978                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3979
3980
3981  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3982  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3983
3984  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3985  ///
3986  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3987  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3988
3989  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3990  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3991  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3992  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3993
3994  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3995  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3996  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3997    Sema &S;
3998    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3999    bool Enabled;
4000
4001  public:
4002    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4003    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4004    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4005    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4006    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4007                     bool Enabled = true);
4008
4009    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4010  };
4011
4012  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4013  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4014  ///
4015  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4016  ///
4017  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4018  /// capture list.
4019  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
4020
4021  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4022  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4023  /// being defined.
4024  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4025
4026  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4027  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4028
4029
4030  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4031  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4032
4033  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4034  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4035
4036  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
4037  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4038  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4039                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4040  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
4041                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4042
4043  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4044  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4045  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4046  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4047  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4048                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4049                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4050                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4051
4052  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4053                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4054                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4055                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4056
4057  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4058  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4059                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4060                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4061                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4062                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4063                         Expr *Initializer);
4064  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4065                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4066                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4067                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4068                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4069                         QualType AllocType,
4070                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4071                         Expr *ArraySize,
4072                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4073                         Expr *Initializer,
4074                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4075
4076  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4077                          SourceRange R);
4078  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4079                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4080                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4081                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4082                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4083  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4084                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4085                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4086                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4087                              bool Diagnose = true);
4088  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4089  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4090                                       QualType Argument,
4091                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
4092
4093  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4094                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4095                                bool Diagnose = true);
4096
4097  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4098  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4099                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4100                            Expr *Operand);
4101
4102  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4103  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4104                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4105                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4106
4107  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4108                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4109  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4110                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4111
4112  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4113  /// pseudo-functions.
4114  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4115                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4116                                 ParsedType Ty,
4117                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4118
4119  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4120                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4121                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4122                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4123
4124  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4125  /// pseudo-functions.
4126  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4127                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4128                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4129                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4130                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4131
4132  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4133                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4134                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4135                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4136                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4137
4138  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4139  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4140                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4141                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4142  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4143                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4144                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4145
4146  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4147  /// pseudo-functions.
4148  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4149                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4150                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4151                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4152                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4153
4154  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4155                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4156                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4157                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4158                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4159
4160  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4161  /// pseudo-functions.
4162  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4163                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4164                                  Expr *Queried,
4165                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4166
4167  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4168                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4169                                  Expr *Queried,
4170                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4171
4172  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4173                                          Expr *Base,
4174                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4175                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4176                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4177                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4178
4179  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4180
4181  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4182                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4183                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4184                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4185                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4186                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4187                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4188                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4189                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4190
4191  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4192                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4193                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4194                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4195                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4196                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4197                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4198                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4199                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4200
4201  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4202                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4203                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4204                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4205                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4206                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4207
4208  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4209  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4210  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4211  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4212  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4213  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4214
4215  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4216    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4217                                          : SourceLocation());
4218  }
4219  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4220                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4221                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4222  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4223
4224  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4225  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4226
4227  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4228  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4229                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4230  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4231  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4232
4233  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4234  ///
4235  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4236  ///
4237  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4238  ///
4239  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4240  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4241  ///
4242  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4243  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4244                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4245
4246  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4247  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4248
4249  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4250                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4251                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4252                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4253
4254  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4255                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4256                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4257                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4258                                   QualType ObjectType,
4259                                   bool EnteringContext,
4260                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4261                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4262                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4263
4264  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4265  ///
4266  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4267  ///
4268  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4269  ///
4270  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4271  ///
4272  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4273  ///
4274  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4275  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4276  ///
4277  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4278  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4279  ///
4280  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4281  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4282  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4283  /// including this new type).
4284  ///
4285  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4286  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4287                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4288                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4289                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4290                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4291                                   bool EnteringContext,
4292                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4293
4294  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4295
4296  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4297                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4298                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4299
4300  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4301                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4302                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4303                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4304                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4305                                 bool EnteringContext);
4306
4307  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4308  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4309  ///
4310  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4311  ///
4312  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4313  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4314  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4315  /// including this new type).
4316  ///
4317  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4318  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4319  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4320  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4321  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4322  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4323  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4324  ///
4325  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4326  /// nested-name-specifier.
4327  ///
4328  ///
4329  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4330  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4331                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4332                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4333                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4334                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4335                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4336                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4337                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4338                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4339                                   bool EnteringContext);
4340
4341  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4342  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4343  /// nested-name-specifier.
4344  ///
4345  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4346  ///
4347  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4348  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4349  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4350
4351  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4352  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4353  ///
4354  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4355  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4356  ///
4357  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4358  ///
4359  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4360  /// of the annotation pointer.
4361  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4362                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4363                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4364
4365  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4366
4367  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4368  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4369  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4370  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4371  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4372  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4373  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4374
4375  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4376  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4377  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4378  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4379  /// defining scope.
4380  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4381
4382  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4383  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4384  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4385  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4386  /// class X.
4387  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4388
4389  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4390  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4391  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4392
4393  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4394  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4395                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4396                                         bool KnownDependent);
4397
4398  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4399  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4400                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4401                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4402                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4403                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4404
4405  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4406  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4407                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4408                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4409                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4410                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4411                                          bool Mutable);
4412
4413  /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and
4414  /// initializer.
4415  FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
4416                              IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4417
4418  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4419  /// given lambda.
4420  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4421
4422  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4423  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4424
4425  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4426  /// statements present in the body.
4427  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4428
4429  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4430  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4431  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4432  /// lambda.
4433  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4434                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4435
4436  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4437  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4438  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4439                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4440
4441  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4442  /// was successfully completed.
4443  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4444                             Scope *CurScope,
4445                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4446
4447  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4448  /// function pointer.
4449  ///
4450  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4451  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4452  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4453  /// block pointer conversion.
4454  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4455         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4456
4457  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4458  /// block pointer.
4459  ///
4460  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4461  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4462  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4463  /// block pointer conversion.
4464  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4465                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4466
4467  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4468                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4469                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4470                                           Expr *Src);
4471
4472  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4473  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4474                                    Expr **Strings,
4475                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4476
4477  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4478
4479  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4480  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4481  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4482  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4483  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4484                                  bool Value);
4485  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4486
4487  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4488  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4489  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4490  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4491  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4492  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4493
4494  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4495                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4496                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4497                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4498
4499  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4500                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4501                                        unsigned NumElements);
4502
4503  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4504                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4505                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4506  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4507                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4508                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4509
4510  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4511                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4512                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4513                                       ParsedType Ty,
4514                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4515
4516  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4517  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4518                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4519                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4520                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4521                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4522
4523  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4524  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4525                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4526                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4527                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4528                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4529                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4530
4531  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4532  // C++ Declarations
4533  //
4534  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4535                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4536                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4537                                       StringRef Lang,
4538                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4539  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4540                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4541                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4542
4543
4544  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4545  // C++ Classes
4546  //
4547  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4548                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4549
4550  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4551                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4552                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4553                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4554
4555  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4556                                 Declarator &D,
4557                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4558                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4559                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4560  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4561                                        Expr *Init);
4562
4563  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4564                                    Scope *S,
4565                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4566                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4567                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4568                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4569                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4570                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4571                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4572                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4573                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4574
4575  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4576                                    Scope *S,
4577                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4578                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4579                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4580                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4581                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4582                                    Expr *InitList,
4583                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4584
4585  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4586                                    Scope *S,
4587                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4588                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4589                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4590                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4591                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4592                                    Expr *Init,
4593                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4594
4595  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4596                                       Expr *Init,
4597                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4598
4599  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4600                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4601                                     Expr *Init,
4602                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4603                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4604
4605  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4606                                           Expr *Init,
4607                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4608
4609  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4610                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4611
4612  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4613                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4614
4615  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4616
4617
4618  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4619  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4620  /// referenced.
4621  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4622                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4623
4624  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4625  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4626  /// first use occurred.
4627  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4628
4629  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4630  /// materialized.
4631  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4632
4633  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4634  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4635  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4636  /// by code generation).
4637  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4638
4639  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4640  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4641
4642  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4643                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4644    DynamicClassesType;
4645
4646  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4647  /// unit.
4648  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4649
4650  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4651  /// given location.
4652  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4653                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4654
4655  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4656  /// in the given class as needed.
4657  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4658                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4659
4660  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4661  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4662  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4663                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4664
4665  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4666  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4667  /// vtables.
4668  ///
4669  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4670  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4671
4672  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4673
4674  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4675                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4676                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4677                            bool AnyErrors);
4678
4679  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4680  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4681                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4682                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4683                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4684                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4685  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4686
4687  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4688  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4689  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4690  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4691  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4692  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4693  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4694  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4695  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
4696                                CachedTokens &Toks);
4697  void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
4698  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4699
4700  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4701                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4702                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4703                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4704  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4705                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4706                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4707                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4708                                     bool Failed);
4709
4710  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4711                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4712                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4713  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4714                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4715  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4716                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4717
4718  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4719                                      StorageClass& SC);
4720  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4721  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4722                                     StorageClass& SC);
4723  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4724  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4725                                 StorageClass& SC);
4726  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4727
4728  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4729  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4730                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4731  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4732
4733  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4734  // C++ Derived Classes
4735  //
4736
4737  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4738  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4739                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4740                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4741                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4742                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4743
4744  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4745                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4746                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4747                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4748                                ParsedType basetype,
4749                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4750                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4751
4752  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4753                            unsigned NumBases);
4754  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4755                           unsigned NumBases);
4756
4757  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4758  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4759
4760  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4761  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4762
4763  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4764
4765  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4766                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4767                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4768                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4769  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4770                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4771                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4772                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4773                                    DeclarationName Name,
4774                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4775
4776  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4777
4778  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4779                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4780
4781  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4782  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4783  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4784                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4785
4786  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4787  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4788  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4789                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4790
4791  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4792
4793  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4794  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4795
4796  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4797  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4798  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4799  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4800                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4801
4802
4803  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4804  // C++ Access Control
4805  //
4806
4807  enum AccessResult {
4808    AR_accessible,
4809    AR_inaccessible,
4810    AR_dependent,
4811    AR_delayed
4812  };
4813
4814  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4815                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4816                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4817
4818  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4819                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4820  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4821                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4822  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4823                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4824                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4825                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4826                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4827  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4828                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4829                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4830                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4831                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4832  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4833                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4834                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4835                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4836                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4837  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4838                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4839                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4840                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4841  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4842  AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4843                                 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4844                                 NamedDecl *D);
4845  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4846                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4847                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4848                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4849  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4850                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4851  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4852                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4853                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4854                                    unsigned DiagID,
4855                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4856                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4857  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4858  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4859  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4860                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4861                                            QualType objectType);
4862
4863  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4864                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4865  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4866                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4867
4868  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4869
4870  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4871  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4872  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4873
4874  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4875    AbstractNone = -1,
4876    AbstractReturnType,
4877    AbstractParamType,
4878    AbstractVariableType,
4879    AbstractFieldType,
4880    AbstractIvarType,
4881    AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
4882    AbstractArrayType
4883  };
4884
4885  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4886                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4887  template<typename T1>
4888  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4889                              unsigned DiagID,
4890                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4891    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4892    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4893  }
4894
4895  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4896  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4897                              unsigned DiagID,
4898                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4899    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4900    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4901  }
4902
4903  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4904  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4905                              unsigned DiagID,
4906                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4907    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4908    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4909  }
4910
4911  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4912
4913  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4914                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4915
4916  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4917  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4918  //
4919
4920  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4921
4922  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4923
4924  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4925  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4926  //
4927  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4928                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4929  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4930                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4931
4932  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4933                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4934                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4935
4936  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4937                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4938                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4939                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4940                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4941                                  bool EnteringContext,
4942                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4943                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4944
4945  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4946                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4947                                   Scope *S,
4948                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4949                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4950                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4951
4952  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4953  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4954
4955  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4956                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4957                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4958                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4959                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4960                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4961                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4962                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4963
4964  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4965  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4966                                      unsigned Depth,
4967                                      unsigned Position,
4968                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4969                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4970  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4971                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4972                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4973                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4974                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4975                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4976                                       unsigned Depth,
4977                                       unsigned Position,
4978                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4979                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4980
4981  TemplateParameterList *
4982  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4983                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4984                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4985                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4986                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4987                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4988
4989  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
4990  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4991    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4992    TPC_VarTemplate,
4993    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4994    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4995    TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
4996    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4997    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4998    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4999  };
5000
5001  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5002                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5003                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5004  TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5005      SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5006      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5007      bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5008
5009  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5010                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5011                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5012                                AttributeList *Attr,
5013                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5014                                AccessSpecifier AS,
5015                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5016                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5017                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
5018
5019  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5020                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5021
5022  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5023
5024  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5025                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5026                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5027
5028  TypeResult
5029  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5030                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5031                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5032                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5033                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5034                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5035
5036  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5037  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5038  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5039                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5040                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
5041                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5042                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5043                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
5044                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5045                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5046                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5047                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5048
5049  DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5050      Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5051      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5052      StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5053
5054  DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5055                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5056                                SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5057                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5058
5059  ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5060                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5061                                VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5062                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5063                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5064
5065  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5066                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5067                                 LookupResult &R,
5068                                 bool RequiresADL,
5069                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5070
5071  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5072                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5073                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5074                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5075
5076  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5077                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5078                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5079                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5080                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5081                                              bool EnteringContext,
5082                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5083
5084  DeclResult
5085  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5086                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5087                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5088                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5089                                   TemplateTy Template,
5090                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5091                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5092                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5093                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5094                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5095                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5096
5097  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5098                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5099                                Declarator &D);
5100
5101  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5102                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5103                                        Declarator &D);
5104
5105  bool
5106  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5107                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5108                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5109                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5110                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5111                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5112
5113  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5114                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5115                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5116
5117  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5118                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5119                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5120  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5121
5122  DeclResult
5123  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5124                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5125                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5126                             unsigned TagSpec,
5127                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5128                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5129                             TemplateTy Template,
5130                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5131                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5132                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5133                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5134                             AttributeList *Attr);
5135
5136  DeclResult
5137  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5138                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5139                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5140                             unsigned TagSpec,
5141                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5142                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5143                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5144                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5145                             AttributeList *Attr);
5146
5147  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5148                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5149                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5150                                        Declarator &D);
5151
5152  TemplateArgumentLoc
5153  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5154                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5155                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5156                                          Decl *Param,
5157                                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5158                                            &Converted,
5159                                          bool &HasDefaultArg);
5160
5161  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5162  /// argument is being checked.
5163  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5164    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5165    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5166    CTAK_Specified,
5167
5168    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5169    /// deduction.
5170    CTAK_Deduced,
5171
5172    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5173    /// via template argument deduction.
5174    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5175  };
5176
5177  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5178                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5179                             NamedDecl *Template,
5180                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5181                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5182                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5183                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5184                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5185
5186  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5187  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5188  ///
5189  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5190  /// provided.
5191  ///
5192  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5193  ///
5194  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5195  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5196  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5197  /// arguments.
5198  ///
5199  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5200  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5201  /// set of template arguments.
5202  ///
5203  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5204  /// arguments.
5205  ///
5206  ///
5207  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5208  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5209  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5210  ///
5211  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5212  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5213                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5214                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5215                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5216                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5217                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5218
5219  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5220                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5221                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5222
5223  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5224                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5225  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5226                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5227                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5228                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5229  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5230                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5231                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5232
5233  ExprResult
5234  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5235                                          QualType ParamType,
5236                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5237  ExprResult
5238  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5239                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5240
5241  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5242  /// for equality.
5243  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5244    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5245    /// that might be redeclarations.
5246    ///
5247    /// \code
5248    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5249    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5250    /// \endcode
5251    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5252
5253    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5254    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5255    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5256    ///
5257    /// \code
5258    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5259    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5260    /// \endcode
5261    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5262
5263    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5264    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5265    /// template parameter.
5266    ///
5267    /// \code
5268    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5269    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5270    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5271    /// \endcode
5272    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5273  };
5274
5275  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5276                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5277                                      bool Complain,
5278                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5279                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5280                                        = SourceLocation());
5281
5282  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5283
5284  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5285  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5286  ///
5287  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5288  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5289  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5290  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5291  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5292  TypeResult
5293  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5294                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5295                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5296
5297  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5298  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5299  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5300  ///
5301  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5302  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5303  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5304  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5305  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5306  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5307  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5308  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5309  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5310  TypeResult
5311  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5312                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5313                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5314                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5315                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5316                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5317                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5318                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5319
5320  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5321                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5322                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5323                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5324                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5325
5326  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5327                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5328                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5329  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5330
5331  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5332  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5333                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5334
5335  std::string
5336  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5337                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5338
5339  std::string
5340  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5341                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5342                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5343
5344  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5345  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5346  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5347
5348  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5349  /// being diagnosed.
5350  ///
5351  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5352  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5353  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5354    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5355    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5356
5357    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5358    UPPC_BaseType,
5359
5360    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5361    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5362
5363    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5364    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5365
5366    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5367    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5368
5369    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5370    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5371
5372    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5373    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5374
5375    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5376    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5377
5378    /// \brief A using declaration.
5379    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5380
5381    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5382    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5383
5384    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5385    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5386
5387    /// \brief An initializer.
5388    UPPC_Initializer,
5389
5390    /// \brief A default argument.
5391    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5392
5393    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5394    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5395
5396    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5397    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5398
5399    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5400    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5401
5402    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5403    UPPC_IfExists,
5404
5405    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5406    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5407
5408    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5409    UPPC_Lambda,
5410
5411    /// \brief Block expression,
5412    UPPC_Block
5413};
5414
5415  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5416  ///
5417  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5418  ///
5419  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5420  /// parameter packs.
5421  ///
5422  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5423  ///
5424  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5425  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5426                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5427                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5428
5429  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5430  /// diagnose the error.
5431  ///
5432  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5433  ///
5434  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5435  /// packs.
5436  ///
5437  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5438  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5439                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5440
5441  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5442  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5443  ///
5444  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5445  /// parameter packs.
5446  ///
5447  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5448  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5449                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5450
5451  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5452  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5453  ///
5454  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5455  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5456  ///
5457  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5458  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5459                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5460
5461  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5462  /// diagnose the error.
5463  ///
5464  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5465  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5466  ///
5467  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5468  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5469                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5470
5471  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5472  /// diagnose the error.
5473  ///
5474  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5475  ///
5476  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5477  /// parameter packs.
5478  ///
5479  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5480  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5481                                       TemplateName Template,
5482                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5483
5484  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5485  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5486  ///
5487  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5488  /// parameter packs.
5489  ///
5490  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5491  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5492                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5493
5494  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5495  /// template argument.
5496  ///
5497  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5498  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5499  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5500                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5501
5502  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5503  /// template argument.
5504  ///
5505  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5506  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5507  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5508                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5509
5510  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5511  /// type.
5512  ///
5513  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5514  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5515  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5516                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5517
5518  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5519  /// type.
5520  ///
5521  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5522  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5523  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5524                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5525
5526  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5527  /// nested-name-specifier.
5528  ///
5529  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5530  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5531  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5532                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5533
5534  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5535  /// name.
5536  ///
5537  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5538  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5539  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5540                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5541
5542  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5543  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5544  ///
5545  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5546  /// may already be invalid.
5547  ///
5548  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5549  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5550                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5551
5552  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5553  /// creates a pack expansion.
5554  ///
5555  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5556  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5557  ///
5558  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5559  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5560
5561  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5562  /// expansion.
5563  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5564                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5565                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5566
5567  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5568  /// expansion.
5569  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5570                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5571                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5572                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5573
5574  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5575  /// creates a pack expansion.
5576  ///
5577  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5578  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5579  ///
5580  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5581  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5582
5583  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5584  /// creates a pack expansion.
5585  ///
5586  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5587  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5588  ///
5589  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5590  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5591                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5592
5593  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5594  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5595  /// transforming the pattern.
5596  ///
5597  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5598  /// pack expansion.
5599  ///
5600  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5601  /// the pack expansion.
5602  ///
5603  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5604  /// pattern.
5605  ///
5606  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5607  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5608  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5609  ///
5610  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5611  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5612  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5613  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5614  ///
5615  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5616  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5617  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5618  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5619  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5620  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5621  /// set this value in other cases.
5622  ///
5623  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5624  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5625  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5626  /// must be set.
5627  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5628                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5629                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5630                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5631                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5632                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5633                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5634
5635  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5636  /// type.
5637  ///
5638  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5639  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5640  ///
5641  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5642  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5643      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5644
5645  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5646  /// parameter packs.
5647  ///
5648  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5649  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5650  ///
5651  /// \code
5652  ///   void f(T...);
5653  /// \endcode
5654  ///
5655  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5656  /// a variadic function.
5657  ///
5658  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5659  /// false otherwise.
5660  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5661
5662  /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
5663  ///
5664  /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
5665  ///
5666  /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
5667  ///
5668  /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
5669  /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
5670  TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
5671      TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
5672      SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
5673      Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
5674
5675  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5676  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5677  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5678
5679  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5680  ///
5681  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5682  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5683  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5684  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5685  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5686  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5687  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5688  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5689    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5690    TDK_Success = 0,
5691    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5692    TDK_Invalid,
5693    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5694    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5695    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5696    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5697    /// for every template parameter.
5698    TDK_Incomplete,
5699    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5700    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5701    TDK_Inconsistent,
5702    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5703    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5704    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5705    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5706    TDK_Underqualified,
5707    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5708    /// resulted in an error.
5709    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5710    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5711    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5712    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5713    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5714    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5715    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5716    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5717    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5718    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5719    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5720    /// template arguments for the given template.
5721    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5722    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5723    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5724    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5725    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5726    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5727  };
5728
5729  TemplateDeductionResult
5730  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5731                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5732                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5733
5734  TemplateDeductionResult
5735  DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5736                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5737                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5738
5739  TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
5740      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5741      TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5742      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5743      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
5744      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5745
5746  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5747  // deduction for a call.
5748  struct OriginalCallArg {
5749    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5750                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5751                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5752      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5753        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5754
5755    QualType OriginalParamType;
5756    unsigned ArgIdx;
5757    QualType OriginalArgType;
5758  };
5759
5760  TemplateDeductionResult
5761  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5762                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5763                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5764                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5765                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5766           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5767
5768  TemplateDeductionResult
5769  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5770                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5771                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5772                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5773                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5774
5775  TemplateDeductionResult
5776  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5777                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5778                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5779                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5780                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5781                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5782
5783  TemplateDeductionResult
5784  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5785                          QualType ToType,
5786                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5787                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5788
5789  TemplateDeductionResult
5790  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5791                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5792                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5793                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5794                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5795
5796  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5797  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5798    DAR_Succeeded,
5799    DAR_Failed,
5800    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5801  };
5802
5803  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5804                                  QualType &Result);
5805  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5806                                  QualType &Result);
5807  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5808  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5809  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5810                        bool Diagnose = true);
5811
5812  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5813                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5814                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5815
5816  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5817                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5818                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5819                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5820                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5821  UnresolvedSetIterator
5822  getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5823                     TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
5824                     TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5825                     unsigned NumCallArguments, SourceLocation Loc,
5826                     const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5827                     const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5828                     const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5829                     bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
5830
5831  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5832  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5833                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5834                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5835                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5836
5837  VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5838      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5839      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
5840
5841  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5842                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5843                                  unsigned Depth,
5844                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5845  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5846                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5847                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5848    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5849  }
5850  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5851                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5852                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5853
5854  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5855  // C++ Template Instantiation
5856  //
5857
5858  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5859                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5860                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5861                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5862
5863  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5864  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5865    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5866    enum InstantiationKind {
5867      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5868      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5869      TemplateInstantiation,
5870
5871      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5872      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5873      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5874      /// arguments as specified.
5875      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5876      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5877
5878      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5879      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5880      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5881      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5882
5883      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5884      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5885      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5886
5887      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5888      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5889      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5890      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5891      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5892      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5893
5894      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5895      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5896      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5897      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5898
5899      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5900      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5901      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5902
5903      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5904      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5905      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5906    } Kind;
5907
5908    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5909    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5910
5911    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5912    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5913    /// arguments.
5914    NamedDecl *Template;
5915
5916    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5917    Decl *Entity;
5918
5919    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5920    /// are not part of the entity.
5921    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5922
5923    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5924    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5925
5926    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5927    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5928    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5929
5930    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5931    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5932    /// template instantiation.
5933    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5934
5935    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5936      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5937        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5938
5939    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5940    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5941    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5942
5943    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5944                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5945      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5946        return false;
5947
5948      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5949        return false;
5950
5951      switch (X.Kind) {
5952      case TemplateInstantiation:
5953      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5954        return true;
5955
5956      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5957      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5958        return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5959
5960      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5961      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5962      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5963      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5964        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5965
5966      }
5967
5968      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5969    }
5970
5971    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5972                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5973      return !(X == Y);
5974    }
5975  };
5976
5977  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5978  ///
5979  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5980  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5981  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5982  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5983  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5984    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5985
5986  /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
5987  /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
5988  SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
5989
5990  /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
5991  /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
5992  /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
5993  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
5994
5995  /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
5996  /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
5997  /// template defined within it.
5998  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
5999
6000  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6001  /// template instantiation.
6002  ///
6003  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6004  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6005  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6006
6007  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6008  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6009  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6010  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6011
6012  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6013  /// error or warning was produced.
6014  ///
6015  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6016  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6017  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6018  /// to implement it anywhere else.
6019  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6020
6021  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6022  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6023  ///
6024  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6025  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6026  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6027  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6028
6029  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6030  /// within a \c Sema object.
6031  ///
6032  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6033  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6034    Sema &Self;
6035    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6036
6037  public:
6038    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6039      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6040      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6041    }
6042
6043    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6044      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6045    }
6046  };
6047
6048  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6049
6050  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6051  ///
6052  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6053  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6054  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6055
6056  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6057  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6058  /// deduction.
6059  ///
6060  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6061  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6062    SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6063  SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6064
6065  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6066  /// instantiation.
6067  ///
6068  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6069  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6070  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6071  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6072  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6073  ///
6074  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6075  /// the stack.
6076  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6077    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6078    /// function template, or a member thereof.
6079    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6080                          Decl *Entity,
6081                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6082
6083    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6084    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6085    /// of a function template.
6086    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6087                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6088                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6089
6090    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6091    /// template-id.
6092    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6093                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6094                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6095                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6096
6097    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6098    /// template-id.
6099    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6100                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6101                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6102                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6103                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6104                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6105
6106    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6107    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6108    /// specialization.
6109    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6110                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6111                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6112                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6113                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6114
6115    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6116    /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6117    /// specialization.
6118    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6119                          VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6120                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6121                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6122                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6123
6124    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6125                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6126                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6127                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6128
6129    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6130    /// non-type or template template parameter.
6131    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6132                          NamedDecl *Template,
6133                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6134                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6135                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6136
6137    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6138                          NamedDecl *Template,
6139                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6140                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6141                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6142
6143    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6144    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6145    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6146                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6147                          NamedDecl *Param,
6148                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6149                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6150
6151
6152    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6153    void Clear();
6154
6155    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6156
6157    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6158    /// recursive template instantiations.
6159    LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
6160
6161  private:
6162    Sema &SemaRef;
6163    bool Invalid;
6164    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6165    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6166                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6167
6168    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6169
6170    InstantiatingTemplate&
6171    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6172  };
6173
6174  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6175
6176  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6177  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6178  /// errors.
6179  ///
6180  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6181  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6182  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6183  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6184  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6185
6186  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6187  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6188  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6189    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6190           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6191    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6192  }
6193
6194  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6195  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6196  /// deduction.`
6197  class SFINAETrap {
6198    Sema &SemaRef;
6199    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6200    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6201    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6202
6203  public:
6204    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6205      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6206        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6207                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6208        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6209    {
6210      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6211        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6212      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6213    }
6214
6215    ~SFINAETrap() {
6216      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6217      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6218        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6219      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6220    }
6221
6222    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6223    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6224      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6225    }
6226  };
6227
6228  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6229  /// variables.
6230  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6231
6232  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6233  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6234
6235  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6236    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6237
6238  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6239  /// name lookup.
6240  ///
6241  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6242  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6243  /// string represents a keyword.
6244  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6245
6246  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6247  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6248
6249  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6250  ///
6251  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6252  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6253  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6254  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6255  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6256  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6257  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6258
6259  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6260  /// but have not yet been performed.
6261  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6262
6263  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6264  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6265  ///
6266  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6267  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6268  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6269  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6270  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6271
6272  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6273
6274  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6275                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6276                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6277
6278  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6279                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6280                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6281
6282  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6283                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6284                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6285
6286  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6287                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6288                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6289                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6290                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6291                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6292  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6293                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6294                                int indexAdjustment,
6295                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6296                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6297  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6298                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6299                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6300                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6301                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6302  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6303                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6304
6305  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6306  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6307  ///
6308  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6309  ///
6310  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6311  ///
6312  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6313  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6314  ///
6315  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6316  ///
6317  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6318  ///
6319  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6320  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6321                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6322                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6323
6324  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6325                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6326
6327  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6328                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6329
6330  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6331                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6332                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6333
6334  bool
6335  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6336                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6337                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6338
6339  bool
6340  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6341                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6342                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6343                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6344                   bool Complain = true);
6345
6346  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6347                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6348                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6349                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6350
6351  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6352    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6353    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6354    Decl *NewDecl;
6355
6356    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6357                              Decl *D)
6358      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6359    { }
6360  };
6361  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6362
6363  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6364                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6365                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6366                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6367
6368  bool
6369  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6370                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6371                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6372                           bool Complain = true);
6373
6374  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6375                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6376                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6377                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6378
6379  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6380                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6381                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6382                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6383
6384  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6385  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6386                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6387
6388  DeclarationNameInfo
6389  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6390                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6391  TemplateName
6392  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6393                    SourceLocation Loc,
6394                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6395  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6396             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6397             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6398
6399  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6400                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6401  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6402                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6403                                     bool Recursive = false,
6404                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6405  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6406      VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6407      const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6408      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6409      SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6410      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6411      LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6412      LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0);
6413  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6414      VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6415      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6416  void
6417  BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6418                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6419                             LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6420                             LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0,
6421                             bool ForVarTemplate = false);
6422  void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6423      VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6424      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6425  void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6426                                     VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6427                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6428  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6429                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6430                                     VarDecl *Var,
6431                                     bool Recursive = false,
6432                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6433
6434  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6435                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6436                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6437
6438  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6439                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6440  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6441                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6442
6443  // Objective-C declarations.
6444  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6445    OCK_None = -1,
6446    OCK_Interface = 0,
6447    OCK_Protocol,
6448    OCK_Category,
6449    OCK_ClassExtension,
6450    OCK_Implementation,
6451    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6452  };
6453  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6454
6455  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6456                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6457                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6458                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6459                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6460                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6461                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6462                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6463                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6464                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6465
6466  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6467                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6468                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6469                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6470
6471  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6472    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6473    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6474    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6475
6476  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6477                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6478                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6479                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6480                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6481                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6482                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6483
6484  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6485                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6486                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6487                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6488                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6489                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6490                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6491                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6492                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6493
6494  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6495                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6496                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6497                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6498                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6499
6500  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6501                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6502                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6503                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6504                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6505
6506  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6507                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6508
6509  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6510                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6511                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6512                                     unsigned NumElts);
6513
6514  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6515                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6516                                        unsigned NumElts,
6517                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6518
6519  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6520                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6521                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6522                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6523
6524  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6525  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6526  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6527  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6528                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6529                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6530                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6531
6532  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6533  /// setters and getters as needed.
6534  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6535  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6536  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6537  ///        in class extension.
6538  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6539  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6540                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6541                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6542                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6543
6544
6545  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6546                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6547                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6548
6549  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6550                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6551
6552  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6553                   ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
6554                   ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
6555
6556  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6557                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6558                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6559                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6560                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6561                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6562                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6563
6564  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6565                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6566                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6567                              bool ImplKind,
6568                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6569                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6570                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6571
6572  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6573    OSMK_None,
6574    OSMK_Alloc,
6575    OSMK_New,
6576    OSMK_Copy,
6577    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6578    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6579  };
6580
6581  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6582    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6583    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6584    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6585    // in this case.
6586    ParsedType Type;
6587    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6588
6589    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6590    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6591  };
6592
6593  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6594    Scope *S,
6595    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6596    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6597    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6598    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6599    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6600    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6601    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6602    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6603    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6604    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6605    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6606
6607  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6608                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6609                                              bool IsInstance);
6610  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6611                                           bool IsInstance);
6612
6613  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6614  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6615
6616  ExprResult
6617  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6618                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6619                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6620                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6621                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6622                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6623                            bool Super);
6624
6625  ExprResult
6626  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6627                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6628                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6629                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6630
6631  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6632
6633  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6634  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6635  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6636    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6637    ObjCSuperMessage,
6638    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6639    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6640    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6641    /// name.
6642    ObjCClassMessage
6643  };
6644
6645  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6646                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6647                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6648                                     bool IsSuper,
6649                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6650                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6651
6652  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6653                               Selector Sel,
6654                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6655                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6656                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6657                               MultiExprArg Args);
6658
6659  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6660                               QualType ReceiverType,
6661                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6662                               Selector Sel,
6663                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6664                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6665                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6666                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6667                               MultiExprArg Args,
6668                               bool isImplicit = false);
6669
6670  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6671                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6672                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6673                                       Selector Sel,
6674                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6675                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6676
6677  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6678                               ParsedType Receiver,
6679                               Selector Sel,
6680                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6681                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6682                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6683                               MultiExprArg Args);
6684
6685  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6686                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6687                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6688                                  Selector Sel,
6689                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6690                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6691                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6692                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6693                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6694                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6695
6696  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6697                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6698                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6699                                          Selector Sel,
6700                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6701                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6702
6703  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6704                                  Expr *Receiver,
6705                                  Selector Sel,
6706                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6707                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6708                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6709                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6710
6711  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6712                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6713                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6714                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6715                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6716
6717  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6718                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6719                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6720                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6721                                  ParsedType Type,
6722                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6723                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6724
6725  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6726
6727  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6728  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6729  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6730                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6731
6732  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6733  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6734    RTC_Compatible,
6735    RTC_Incompatible,
6736    RTC_Unknown
6737  };
6738
6739  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6740                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6741                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6742
6743  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6744    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6745    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6746    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6747    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6748    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6749    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6750  };
6751
6752  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6753  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6754                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6755
6756  enum PragmaPackKind {
6757    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6758    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6759    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6760    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6761  };
6762
6763  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6764    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6765    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6766  };
6767
6768  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6769    PCK_Unknown,
6770    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6771    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6772    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6773    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6774    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6775  };
6776
6777  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6778  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6779                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6780                       Expr *Alignment,
6781                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6782                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6783                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6784
6785  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6786  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6787
6788  /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
6789  /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6790  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6791
6792  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
6793  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
6794
6795  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6796  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6797                         Scope *curScope,
6798                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6799
6800  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6801  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6802                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6803
6804  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6805                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6806  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6807
6808  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6809  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6810                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6811                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6812
6813  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6814  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6815  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6816                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6817                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6818                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6819                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6820
6821  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6822  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6823                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6824                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6825                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6826                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6827
6828  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6829  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6830  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6831
6832  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6833  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6834  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6835
6836  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6837  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6838
6839  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6840  void FreePackedContext();
6841
6842  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6843  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6844  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6845                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6846
6847  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6848  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6849  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6850
6851  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6852  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6853  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6854
6855  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6856  void FreeVisContext();
6857
6858  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6859  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6860  /// the appropriate attribute.
6861  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6862
6863  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6864  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6865                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6866  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6867                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6868
6869  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6870  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
6871  /// threadprivate'.
6872  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
6873                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
6874                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
6875  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
6876  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
6877                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6878                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6879  // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
6880  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
6881                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6882                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6883
6884  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
6885                                            ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
6886                                            Stmt *AStmt,
6887                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
6888                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
6889  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
6890  /// of the  associated statement.
6891  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
6892                                          Stmt *AStmt,
6893                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
6894                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
6895
6896  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
6897                                     unsigned Argument,
6898                                     SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
6899                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
6900                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6901                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
6902  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
6903  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
6904                                      SourceLocation KindLoc,
6905                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
6906                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6907                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
6908
6909  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
6910                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
6911                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
6912                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6913                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
6914  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
6915  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
6916                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
6917                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6918                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
6919
6920  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6921  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6922    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6923    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6924    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6925    CCK_CStyleCast,
6926    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6927    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6928    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6929    CCK_OtherCast
6930  };
6931
6932  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6933  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6934  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6935  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6936                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6937                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6938                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6939                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6940
6941  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6942  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6943  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6944
6945  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6946  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6947  /// required.
6948  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6949
6950  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6951  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6952  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6953
6954  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6955  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6956  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6957
6958  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6959  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6960  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6961  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6962
6963  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6964  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6965  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6966  // type.
6967  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6968
6969  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6970  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6971  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6972  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6973
6974  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6975  enum VariadicCallType {
6976    VariadicFunction,
6977    VariadicBlock,
6978    VariadicMethod,
6979    VariadicConstructor,
6980    VariadicDoesNotApply
6981  };
6982
6983  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6984                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6985                                       Expr *Fn);
6986
6987  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6988  // vararg function.
6989  enum VarArgKind {
6990    VAK_Valid,
6991    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6992    VAK_Undefined,
6993    VAK_Invalid
6994  };
6995
6996  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6997  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6998
6999  /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7000  /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7001  void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7002
7003  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7004  /// form of call prototypes.
7005  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
7006                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7007                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7008                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
7009                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7010                              SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7011                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7012                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
7013                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
7014
7015  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7016  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7017  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7018                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7019
7020  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7021  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7022  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7023  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7024  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7025  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7026                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
7027
7028  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7029  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
7030  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7031  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
7032  /// source and destination type.
7033  enum AssignConvertType {
7034    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7035    Compatible,
7036
7037    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7038    /// accept as an extension.
7039    PointerToInt,
7040
7041    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7042    /// accept as an extension.
7043    IntToPointer,
7044
7045    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7046    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7047    FunctionVoidPointer,
7048
7049    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7050    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7051    IncompatiblePointer,
7052
7053    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7054    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7055    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7056    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7057    IncompatiblePointerSign,
7058
7059    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7060    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7061    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7062
7063    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7064    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7065    /// like address spaces.
7066    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7067
7068    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7069    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7070    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7071    /// extension.
7072    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7073
7074    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7075    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7076    IncompatibleVectors,
7077
7078    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7079    /// pointer. We disallow this.
7080    IntToBlockPointer,
7081
7082    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7083    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7084    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7085
7086    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7087    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7088    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7089    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7090
7091    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7092    /// object with __weak qualifier.
7093    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7094
7095    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7096    /// represent it in the AST.
7097    Incompatible
7098  };
7099
7100  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
7101  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
7102  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
7103  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7104                                SourceLocation Loc,
7105                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7106                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7107                                bool *Complained = 0);
7108
7109  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
7110  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
7111  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7112                              Expr *SrcExpr);
7113
7114  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
7115  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
7116  /// C99 6.5.16.
7117  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7118                                               QualType LHSType,
7119                                               QualType RHSType);
7120
7121  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
7122  /// RHS to the LHS type.
7123  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7124                                               ExprResult &RHS,
7125                                               CastKind &Kind);
7126
7127  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
7128  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
7129  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
7130  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7131                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
7132                                                     bool Diagnose = true,
7133                                                     bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7134
7135  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
7136  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
7137  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7138                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
7139
7140  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7141
7142  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7143
7144  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7145                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7146                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
7147  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7148                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7149                                       bool AllowExplicit,
7150                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
7151  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7152                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
7153                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7154                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
7155                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7156  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7157                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
7158                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7159                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7160
7161  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
7162  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
7163
7164  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
7165  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7166                           ExprResult &RHS);
7167  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7168    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7169    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7170  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7171    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7172    bool IsDivide);
7173  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7174    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7175    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7176  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7177    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7178    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7179  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7180    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7181    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7182  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7183    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7184    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7185  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7186    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7187                                bool isRelational);
7188  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7189    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7190    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7191  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7192    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7193  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7194  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7195  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7196  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7197    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7198
7199  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7200                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7201  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7202                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7203                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7204  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7205  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7206
7207  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7208    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7209    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7210  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7211    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7212    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7213  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7214                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
7215  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7216                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7217                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
7218    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7219    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7220                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
7221    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7222    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7223    return Composite;
7224  }
7225
7226  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7227                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7228
7229  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7230                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7231
7232  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7233  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7234                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7235  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7236  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7237                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7238  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7239                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7240
7241  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7242  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7243
7244  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7245
7246  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7247  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7248  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7249  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7250    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7251    /// reference binding is not possible.
7252    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7253    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7254    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7255    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7256    Ref_Related,
7257    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7258    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7259    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7260    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7261    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7262    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7263    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7264    Ref_Compatible
7265  };
7266
7267  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7268                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7269                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7270                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7271                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7272
7273  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7274                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7275                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7276
7277  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7278  /// given type.
7279  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7280
7281  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7282  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7283  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7284                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7285
7286  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7287  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7288  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7289  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7290  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7291                       CastKind &Kind);
7292
7293  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7294  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7295  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7296  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7297  // returns the cast expr
7298  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7299                                CastKind &Kind);
7300
7301  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7302                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7303                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7304                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7305
7306  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7307
7308  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7309  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7310  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7311                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7312                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK,
7313                                             bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7314
7315  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7316  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7317
7318  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7319                                             QualType ExprType);
7320
7321  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7322  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7323  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7324  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7325  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7326
7327  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7328  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7329  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7330
7331  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7332  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7333  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7334
7335  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7336  /// \param Method - May be null.
7337  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7338  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7339  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7340                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7341                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7342                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7343                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7344                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7345                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7346
7347  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7348  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7349  /// and the form of the message send.
7350  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7351                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7352                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7353
7354  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7355  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7356  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7357
7358  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7359  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7360  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7361  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7362
7363  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7364  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7365  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7366  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7367  ///
7368  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7369  /// 'if' keyword.
7370  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7371  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7372
7373  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7374                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7375
7376  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7377  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7378  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7379
7380  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7381  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7382  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7383
7384  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7385  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7386
7387  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7388  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7389  /// the specified diagnostic.
7390  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7391                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7392                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7393
7394  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7395  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7396  /// in the global scope.
7397  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7398
7399  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7400  /// expression violations.
7401  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7402  public:
7403    bool Suppress;
7404
7405    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7406
7407    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7408    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7409    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7410  };
7411
7412  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7413  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7414  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7415  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7416                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7417                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7418  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7419                                             unsigned DiagID,
7420                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7421  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7422
7423  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7424  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7425  /// Returns false on success.
7426  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7427  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7428                            QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
7429                            Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7430
7431  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7432    CFT_Device,
7433    CFT_Global,
7434    CFT_Host,
7435    CFT_HostDevice
7436  };
7437
7438  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7439
7440  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7441                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7442
7443  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7444    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7445                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7446  }
7447
7448  /// \name Code completion
7449  //@{
7450  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7451  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7452    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7453    PCC_Namespace,
7454    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7455    PCC_Class,
7456    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7457    /// or category.
7458    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7459    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7460    /// category implementation
7461    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7462    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7463    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7464    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7465    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7466    /// headers.
7467    PCC_Template,
7468    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7469    /// headers within a class.
7470    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7471    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7472    PCC_Expression,
7473    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7474    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7475    PCC_Statement,
7476    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7477    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7478    PCC_ForInit,
7479    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7480    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7481    PCC_Condition,
7482    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7483    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7484    /// in the grammar.
7485    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7486    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7487    PCC_Type,
7488    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7489    /// might also be a type cast.
7490    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7491    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7492    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7493    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7494  };
7495
7496  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7497  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7498                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7499  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7500                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7501                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7502
7503  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7504  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7505                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7506  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7507                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7508                                       bool IsArrow);
7509  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7510  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7511  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7512  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7513  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7514  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7515  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7516  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7517  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7518
7519  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7520                               bool EnteringContext);
7521  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7522  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7523  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7524  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7525  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7526  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
7527                                Decl *Constructor,
7528                                ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
7529
7530  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7531                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7532
7533  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7534  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7535  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7536  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7537  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7538  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7539  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7540  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7541                                   bool IsParameter);
7542  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7543  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7544                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7545                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7546  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7547                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7548                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7549                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7550  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7551                                       ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7552                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7553                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7554  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7555                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7556  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7557                                ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7558  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7559                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7560  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7561  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7562  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7563                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7564                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7565  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7566  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7567                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7568                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7569  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7570                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7571                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7572  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7573  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7574                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7575  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7576                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7577                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7578  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7579                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7580                                          bool AtParameterName,
7581                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7582                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7583  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7584  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7585  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7586  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7587  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7588                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7589                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7590                                             unsigned Argument);
7591  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7592  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7593                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7594                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7595  //@}
7596
7597  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7598  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7599
7600public:
7601  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7602                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7603
7604private:
7605  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7606                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7607                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7608  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7609  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7610  // FunctionDeclaration.
7611  struct FormatStringInfo {
7612    unsigned FormatIdx;
7613    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7614    bool HasVAListArg;
7615  };
7616
7617  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7618                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7619  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7620                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7621  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7622                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7623  bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7624                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7625  bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7626  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7627                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7628                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7629                            SourceLocation Loc);
7630
7631  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7632                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7633                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7634                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7635
7636
7637  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7638
7639  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7640
7641  bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7642  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7643  bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7644  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7645
7646  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7647  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7648  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7649
7650public:
7651  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7652  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7653
7654private:
7655  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7656  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7657  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7658  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7659  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7660                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7661  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7662                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7663
7664public:
7665  enum FormatStringType {
7666    FST_Scanf,
7667    FST_Printf,
7668    FST_NSString,
7669    FST_Strftime,
7670    FST_Strfmon,
7671    FST_Kprintf,
7672    FST_Unknown
7673  };
7674  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7675
7676  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7677                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7678                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7679                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7680                         VariadicCallType CallType,
7681                         llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7682
7683private:
7684  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7685                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7686                            bool IsCXXMember,
7687                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7688                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7689                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7690  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7691                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7692                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7693                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7694                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
7695                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7696
7697  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7698                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7699                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7700
7701  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7702                               unsigned BId,
7703                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7704
7705  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7706                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7707
7708  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7709                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7710
7711  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7712                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7713  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7714  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7715  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7716  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7717
7718  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7719  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7720  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7721                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7722
7723  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7724                                   Expr *Init);
7725
7726public:
7727  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7728  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7729                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7730                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7731
7732  struct TypeTagData {
7733    TypeTagData() {}
7734
7735    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7736        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7737        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7738    {}
7739
7740    QualType Type;
7741
7742    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7743    /// layout-compatibility.
7744    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7745    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7746  };
7747
7748  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7749  /// identifies the magic value.
7750  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7751
7752private:
7753  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7754  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7755      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7756
7757  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7758  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7759  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7760                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7761
7762  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7763  ///
7764  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7765  Scope *CurScope;
7766
7767  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7768  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
7769
7770protected:
7771  friend class Parser;
7772  friend class InitializationSequence;
7773  friend class ASTReader;
7774  friend class ASTWriter;
7775
7776public:
7777  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7778  ///
7779  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7780  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7781  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7782  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7783  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7784  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7785  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7786
7787  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7788  IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
7789
7790  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7791
7792  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7793    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7794  }
7795
7796  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7797
7798  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7799    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7800    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7801    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7802      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7803    return DC;
7804  }
7805};
7806
7807/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7808class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7809  Sema &Actions;
7810
7811public:
7812  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7813                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7814                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7815                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7816    : Actions(Actions) {
7817    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7818                                            IsDecltype);
7819  }
7820  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7821                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7822                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7823                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7824    : Actions(Actions) {
7825    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7826                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7827                                            IsDecltype);
7828  }
7829
7830  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7831    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7832  }
7833};
7834
7835DeductionFailureInfo
7836MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
7837                         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
7838
7839/// \brief Contains a late templated function.
7840/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
7841struct LateParsedTemplate {
7842  CachedTokens Toks;
7843  /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
7844  Decl *D;
7845};
7846
7847} // end namespace clang
7848
7849#endif
7850